xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 9cffb0ff)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
414 */
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
416 
417 
418 /*
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
423 **
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
430 */
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
432 struct PagerSavepoint {
433   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
434   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
435   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
437   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438   int bTruncateOnRelease;      /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */
439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
440   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
441 #endif
442 };
443 
444 /*
445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
446 */
447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
450 
451 /*
452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
453 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
454 **
455 ** eState
456 **
457 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
458 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
459 **
460 ** eLock
461 **
462 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
463 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
464 **
465 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
466 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
467 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
468 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
469 **   need (and no reason to release them).
470 **
471 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
472 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
473 **   details.
474 **
475 ** changeCountDone
476 **
477 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
478 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
479 **   not updated more often than necessary.
480 **
481 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
482 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
483 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
484 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
485 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
486 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
487 **
488 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
489 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
490 **   committed.
491 **
492 ** setSuper
493 **
494 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
495 **   (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
496 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
497 **
498 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
499 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
500 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
501 **   If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
502 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
503 **   it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
504 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
505 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
506 **
507 **   Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
508 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
509 **   super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
510 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
511 **
512 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
513 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
514 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
515 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
516 **
517 ** doNotSpill
518 **
519 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
520 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
521 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
522 **
523 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
524 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
525 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
526 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
527 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
528 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
529 **   case is a user preference.
530 **
531 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
532 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
533 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
534 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
535 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
536 **
537 ** subjInMemory
538 **
539 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
540 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
541 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
542 **
543 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
544 **   write-transaction is opened.
545 **
546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
547 **
548 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
549 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
550 **   OPEN and ERROR).
551 **
552 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
553 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
554 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
555 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
556 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
557 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
558 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
559 **   to dbSize==1).
560 **
561 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
562 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
563 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
564 **   dbSize is updated.
565 **
566 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
567 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
568 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
569 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
570 **   being modified.
571 **
572 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
573 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
574 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
575 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
576 **
577 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
578 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
579 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
580 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
581 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
582 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
583 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
584 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
585 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
586 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
587 **
588 ** dbHintSize
589 **
590 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
591 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
592 **
593 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
594 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
595 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
596 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
597 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
598 **   details.
599 **
600 ** errCode
601 **
602 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
603 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
604 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
605 **   sub-codes.
606 **
607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
608 **
609 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
610 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
611 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
612 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
613 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
614 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
615 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
616 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
617 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
627   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
628   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 
634   /**************************************************************************
635   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
636   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
637   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
638   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
639   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
640   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
641   ** "configuration" of the pager.
642   */
643   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
644   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
645   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
646   u8 setSuper;                /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
647   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
648   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
649   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
650   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
651   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
652   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
653   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
654   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
655   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
656   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
657   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
658   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
659   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
660   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
661   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
662   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
663   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
664   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
665   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
666   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
667   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
668   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
669   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
670 
671   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
672   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
673   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
674   /*
675   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
676   ***************************************************************************/
677 
678   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
679   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
680   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
681   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
682   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
683   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
685   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
686   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
687   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
688   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
689   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
691   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
692 #endif
693   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
694   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
695   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
696   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
697 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
698   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
699   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
700 #endif
701 };
702 
703 /*
704 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
705 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
706 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
707 */
708 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
709 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
710 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
711 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
712 
713 /*
714 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
715 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
716 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
717 */
718 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
719 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
720 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
721 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
722 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
723 #else
724 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
725 #endif
726 
727 
728 
729 /*
730 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
731 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
732 **
733 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
734 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
735 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
736 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
737 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
738 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
739 ** journal and ignore it.
740 **
741 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
742 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
743 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
744 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
745 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
746 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
747 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
748 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
749 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
750 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
751 */
752 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
753   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
754 };
755 
756 /*
757 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
758 ** the following macro.
759 */
760 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
761 
762 /*
763 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
764 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
765 */
766 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
767 
768 /*
769 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
770 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
771 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
772 ** out code that would never execute.
773 */
774 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
775 # define MEMDB 0
776 #else
777 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
778 #endif
779 
780 /*
781 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
782 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
783 */
784 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
785 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
786 #else
787 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
788 #endif
789 
790 /*
791 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
792 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
793 **
794 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
795 **
796 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
797 **
798 ** instead of
799 **
800 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
801 */
802 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
803 
804 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
805 /*
806 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
807 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
808 **
809 **   * the database file is open,
810 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
811 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
812 */
813 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
814   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
815   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
816 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
817   if( pPager->pWal ){
818     u32 iRead = 0;
819     int rc;
820     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
821     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
822   }
823 #endif
824   return 1;
825 }
826 #endif
827 
828 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
829 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
830 #else
831 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
832 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
834 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
835 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
836 #endif
837 
838 #ifndef NDEBUG
839 /*
840 ** Usage:
841 **
842 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
843 **
844 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
845 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
846 */
847 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
848   Pager *pPager = p;
849 
850   /* State must be valid. */
851   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
852        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
853        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
857        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
858   );
859 
860   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
861   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
862   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
863   */
864   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
865   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
866 
867   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
868   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
869   */
870   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
871   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
872 
873   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
874   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
875   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
876   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
877   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
878   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
879   ** state.
880   */
881   if( MEMDB ){
882     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
883     assert( p->noSync );
884     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
885          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
886     );
887     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
888     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
889   }
890 
891   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
892   ** on the file.
893   */
894   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
895   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
896 
897   switch( p->eState ){
898     case PAGER_OPEN:
899       assert( !MEMDB );
900       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
901       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
902       break;
903 
904     case PAGER_READER:
905       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
906       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
907       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
908       break;
909 
910     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
911       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
912       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
913       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
914         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
915       }
916       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
917       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
918       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
919       assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
920       break;
921 
922     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
923       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
924       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
925       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
926         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
927         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
928         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
929         ** to journal_mode=wal.
930         */
931         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
932         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
933              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
934              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
935         );
936       }
937       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
939       break;
940 
941     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
942       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
943       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
944       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
945       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
946       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
947            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
949            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
950       );
951       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
952       break;
953 
954     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
955       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
956       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
957       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
958       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
962       );
963       break;
964 
965     case PAGER_ERROR:
966       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
967       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
968       ** back to OPEN state.
969       */
970       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
971       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
972       break;
973   }
974 
975   return 1;
976 }
977 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
978 
979 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
980 /*
981 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
982 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
983 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
984 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
985 **
986 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
987 **
988 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
989 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
990 ** not appear in normal builds.
991 */
992 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
993   static char zRet[1024];
994 
995   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
996       "Filename:      %s\n"
997       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
998       "Lock:          %s\n"
999       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1000       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1001       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1002       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1003       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1004       , p->zFilename
1005       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1011         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1012       , (int)p->errCode
1013       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1014         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1015         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1016         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1017         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1018       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1019       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1020         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1023         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1024         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1025       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1026       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1027       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1028   );
1029 
1030   return zRet;
1031 }
1032 #endif
1033 
1034 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1035 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1036 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1037 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1038 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1039 #endif
1040 
1041 /*
1042 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1043 ** content from the pager.
1044 */
1045 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1046   if( pPager->errCode ){
1047     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1048 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1049   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
1050     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1051 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1052   }else{
1053     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1054   }
1055 }
1056 
1057 /*
1058 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1059 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1060 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1061 **
1062 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1063 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1064 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1065 */
1066 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1067   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1068   PagerSavepoint *p;
1069   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1070   int i;
1071   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1072     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1073     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1074       for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1075         pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0;
1076       }
1077       return 1;
1078     }
1079   }
1080   return 0;
1081 }
1082 
1083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1084 /*
1085 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1086 */
1087 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1088   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1089 }
1090 #endif
1091 
1092 /*
1093 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1094 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1095 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1096 **
1097 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1098 */
1099 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1100   unsigned char ac[4];
1101   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1102   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1103     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1104   }
1105   return rc;
1106 }
1107 
1108 /*
1109 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1110 */
1111 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1112 
1113 
1114 /*
1115 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1116 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1117 */
1118 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1119   char ac[4];
1120   put32bits(ac, val);
1121   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1122 }
1123 
1124 /*
1125 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1126 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1127 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1128 **
1129 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1130 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1131 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1132 */
1133 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1134   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1135 
1136   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1137   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1138   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1139   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1140     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1141     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1142     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1143       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1144     }
1145     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1146   }
1147   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1148   return rc;
1149 }
1150 
1151 /*
1152 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1153 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1154 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1155 **
1156 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1157 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1158 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1159 ** of this.
1160 */
1161 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1162   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1163 
1164   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1165   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1166     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1167     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1168       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1169       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1170     }
1171   }
1172   return rc;
1173 }
1174 
1175 /*
1176 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1177 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1178 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1179 **
1180 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1181 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1182 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1183 **      to the page size.
1184 **
1185 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1186 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1187 **
1188 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1189 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1190 ** returned in this case.
1191 **
1192 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1193 */
1194 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1195   assert( !MEMDB );
1196 
1197 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1198  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1199   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1200 
1201   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1202   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1203 #else
1204   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1205 #endif
1206 
1207 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1208   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1209     return -1;
1210   }
1211 #endif
1212 
1213 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1214   {
1215     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1216     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1217 
1218     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1219     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1220     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1221       return 0;
1222     }
1223   }
1224 
1225   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1226 #endif
1227 
1228   return 0;
1229 }
1230 
1231 /*
1232 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1233 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1234 ** and debugging only.
1235 */
1236 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1237 /*
1238 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1239 */
1240 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1241   u32 hash = 0;
1242   int i;
1243   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1244     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1245   }
1246   return hash;
1247 }
1248 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1249   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1250 }
1251 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1252   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1253 }
1254 
1255 /*
1256 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1257 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1258 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1259 */
1260 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1261 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1262   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1263   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1264   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1265 }
1266 
1267 #else
1268 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1269 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1270 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1271 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1272 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1273 
1274 /*
1275 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1276 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1277 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1278 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1279 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1280 **
1281 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1282 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1283 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1284 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1285 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1286 ** were present in the journal.
1287 **
1288 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1289 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1290 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1291 ** super-journal file name.
1292 **
1293 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1294 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1295 **
1296 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1297 ** error code is returned.
1298 */
1299 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
1300   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1301   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1302   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1303   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1304   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1305   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1306   zSuper[0] = '\0';
1307 
1308   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1309    || szJ<16
1310    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1311    || len>=nSuper
1312    || len>szJ-16
1313    || len==0
1314    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1315    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1316    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1317    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
1318   ){
1319     return rc;
1320   }
1321 
1322   /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1323   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1324     cksum -= zSuper[u];
1325   }
1326   if( cksum ){
1327     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1328     ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1329     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1330     ** super-journal filename.
1331     */
1332     len = 0;
1333   }
1334   zSuper[len] = '\0';
1335   zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
1336 
1337   return SQLITE_OK;
1338 }
1339 
1340 /*
1341 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1342 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1343 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1344 **
1345 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1346 **
1347 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1348 **   ---------------------------------------
1349 **   0                         0
1350 **   512                       512
1351 **   100                       512
1352 **   2000                      2048
1353 **
1354 */
1355 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1356   i64 offset = 0;
1357   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1358   if( c ){
1359     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1360   }
1361   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1362   assert( offset>=c );
1363   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1364   return offset;
1365 }
1366 
1367 /*
1368 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1369 **
1370 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1371 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1372 **
1373 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1374 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1375 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1376 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1377 ** after writing or truncating it.
1378 **
1379 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1380 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1381 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1382 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1383 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1384 **
1385 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1386 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1387 */
1388 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1389   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1390   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1391   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1392   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1393     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1394 
1395     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1396     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1397       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1398     }else{
1399       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1400       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1401     }
1402     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1403       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1404     }
1405 
1406     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1407     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1408     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1409     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1410     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1411     */
1412     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1413       i64 sz;
1414       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1415       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1416         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1417       }
1418     }
1419   }
1420   return rc;
1421 }
1422 
1423 /*
1424 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1425 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1426 ** current location.
1427 **
1428 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1429 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1430 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1431 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1435 **
1436 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1437 */
1438 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1439   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1440   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1441   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1442   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1443   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1444 
1445   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1446 
1447   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1448     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1449   }
1450 
1451   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1452   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1453   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1454   */
1455   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1456     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1457       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1458     }
1459   }
1460 
1461   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1462 
1463   /*
1464   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1465   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1466   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1467   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1468   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1469   **
1470   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1471   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1472   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1473   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1474   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1475   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1476   **
1477   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1478   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1479   **
1480   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1481   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1482   */
1483   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1484   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1485    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1486   ){
1487     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1488     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1489   }else{
1490     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1491   }
1492 
1493   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1494   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1495   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1496   /* The initial database size */
1497   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1498   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1499   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1500 
1501   /* The page size */
1502   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1503 
1504   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1505   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1506   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1507   ** take the performance hit.
1508   */
1509   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1510          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1511 
1512   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1513   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1514   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1515   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1516   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1517   **
1518   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1519   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1520   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1521   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1522   ** is done.
1523   **
1524   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1525   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1526   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1527   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1528   */
1529   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1530     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1531     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1532     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1533     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1534   }
1535 
1536   return rc;
1537 }
1538 
1539 /*
1540 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1541 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1542 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1543 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1544 ** a description of the journal header format.
1545 **
1546 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1547 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1548 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1549 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1550 ** in this case.
1551 **
1552 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1553 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1554 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1555 */
1556 static int readJournalHdr(
1557   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1558   int isHot,
1559   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1560   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1561   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1562 ){
1563   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1564   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1565   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1566 
1567   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1568 
1569   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1570   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1571   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1572   */
1573   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1574   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1575     return SQLITE_DONE;
1576   }
1577   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1578 
1579   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1580   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1581   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1582   ** proceed.
1583   */
1584   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1585     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1586     if( rc ){
1587       return rc;
1588     }
1589     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1590       return SQLITE_DONE;
1591     }
1592   }
1593 
1594   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1595   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1596   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1597   */
1598   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1599    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1600    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1601   ){
1602     return rc;
1603   }
1604 
1605   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1606     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1607     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1608 
1609     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1610     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1611      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1612     ){
1613       return rc;
1614     }
1615 
1616     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1617     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1618     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1619     */
1620     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1621       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1622     }
1623 
1624     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1625     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1626     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1627     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1628     */
1629     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1630      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1631      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1632     ){
1633       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1634       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1635       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1636       ** the journal file here.
1637       */
1638       return SQLITE_DONE;
1639     }
1640 
1641     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1642     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1643     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1644     */
1645     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1646     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1647 
1648     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1649     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1650     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1651     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1652     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1653     */
1654     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1655   }
1656 
1657   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1658   return rc;
1659 }
1660 
1661 
1662 /*
1663 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1664 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1665 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1666 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1667 ** anything is written. The format is:
1668 **
1669 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1670 **   + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1671 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1672 **   + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1673 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1674 **
1675 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1676 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1677 **
1678 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1679 ** this call is a no-op.
1680 */
1681 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
1682   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1683   int nSuper;                      /* Length of string zSuper */
1684   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1685   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1686   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1687 
1688   assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
1689   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1690 
1691   if( !zSuper
1692    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1693    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1694   ){
1695     return SQLITE_OK;
1696   }
1697   pPager->setSuper = 1;
1698   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1699 
1700   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1701   for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
1702     cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
1703   }
1704 
1705   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1706   ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1707   ** the journal has already been synced.
1708   */
1709   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1710     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1711   }
1712   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1713 
1714   /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1715   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1716   */
1717   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1718    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
1719    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
1720    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
1721    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1722                                  iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
1723   ){
1724     return rc;
1725   }
1726   pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
1727 
1728   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1729   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1730   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1731   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1732   ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1733   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1734   **
1735   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1736   ** file to the required size.
1737   */
1738   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1739    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1740   ){
1741     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1742   }
1743   return rc;
1744 }
1745 
1746 /*
1747 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1748 */
1749 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1750   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1751   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1752   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1753 }
1754 
1755 /*
1756 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1757 */
1758 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1759   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1760 }
1761 
1762 /*
1763 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1764 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1765 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1766 */
1767 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1768   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1769   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1770     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1771   }
1772   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1773     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1774   }
1775   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1776   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1777   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1778   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1779 }
1780 
1781 /*
1782 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1783 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1784 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1785 */
1786 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1787   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1788   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1789 
1790   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1791     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1792     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1793       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1794       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1795       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1796     }
1797   }
1798   return rc;
1799 }
1800 
1801 /*
1802 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1803 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1804 ** state.
1805 **
1806 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1807 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1808 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1809 ** closed (if it is open).
1810 **
1811 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1812 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1813 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1814 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1815 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1816 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1817 */
1818 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1819 
1820   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1821        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1822        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1823   );
1824 
1825   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1826   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1827   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1828 
1829   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1830     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1831     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1832     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1833   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1834     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1835     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1836 
1837     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1838     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1839     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1840     ** out from under us.
1841     */
1842     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1843     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1844     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1845     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1846     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1847     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1848     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1849      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1850     ){
1851       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1852     }
1853 
1854     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1855     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1856     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1857     ** is necessary.
1858     */
1859     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1860     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1861       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1862     }
1863 
1864     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1865     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1866     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1867     */
1868     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1869     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1870   }
1871 
1872   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1873   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1874   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1875   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1876   */
1877   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1878   if( pPager->errCode ){
1879     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1880       pager_reset(pPager);
1881       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1882       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1883     }else{
1884       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1885     }
1886     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1887     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1888     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1889   }
1890 
1891   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1892   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1893   pPager->setSuper = 0;
1894 }
1895 
1896 /*
1897 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1898 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1899 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1900 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1901 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1902 **
1903 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1904 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1905 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1906 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1907 **
1908 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1909 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1910 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1911 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1912 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1913 ** it were a hot-journal).
1914 */
1915 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1916   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1917   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1918   assert(
1919        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1920        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1921        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1922   );
1923   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1924     pPager->errCode = rc;
1925     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1926     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1927   }
1928   return rc;
1929 }
1930 
1931 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1932 
1933 /*
1934 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1935 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1936 **
1937 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1938 **
1939 ** Rules:
1940 **
1941 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1942 **      for transactions to be durable.
1943 **
1944 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1945 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1946 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1947 **      cache size.
1948 */
1949 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1950   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1951   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1952   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1953   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1954 }
1955 
1956 /*
1957 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1958 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1959 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1960 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1961 ** database transaction.
1962 **
1963 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1964 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1965 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1966 **
1967 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1968 **
1969 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1970 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1971 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1972 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1973 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1974 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1975 **
1976 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1977 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1978 **     in-memory journal.
1979 **
1980 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1981 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1982 **
1983 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1984 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1985 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1986 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1987 **
1988 **   journalMode==DELETE
1989 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1990 **
1991 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1992 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1993 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1994 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1995 **
1996 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1997 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1998 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1999 **
2000 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2001 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2002 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2003 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2004 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2005 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2006 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2007 ** returned.
2008 */
2009 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
2010   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2011   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2012 
2013   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2014   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2015   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2016   ** held under two circumstances:
2017   **
2018   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2019   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2020   **
2021   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2022   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2023   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2024   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2025   */
2026   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2027   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2028   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2029     return SQLITE_OK;
2030   }
2031 
2032   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2033   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2034       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2035   );
2036   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2037     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2038 
2039     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2040     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2041       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2042       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2043     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2044       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2045         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2046       }else{
2047         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2048         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2049           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2050           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2051           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2052           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2053           */
2054           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2055         }
2056       }
2057       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2058     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2059       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2060     ){
2061       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
2062       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2063     }else{
2064       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2065       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2066       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2067       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2068       */
2069       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2070       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2071       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2072            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2073            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2074       );
2075       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2076       if( bDelete ){
2077         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2078       }
2079     }
2080   }
2081 
2082 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2083   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2084   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2085     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2086     if( p ){
2087       p->pageHash = 0;
2088       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2089     }
2090   }
2091 #endif
2092 
2093   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2094   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2095   pPager->nRec = 0;
2096   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2097     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2098       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2099     }else{
2100       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2101     }
2102     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2103   }
2104 
2105   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2106     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2107     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2108     ** lock held on the database file.
2109     */
2110     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2111     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2112   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2113     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2114     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2115     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2116     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2117     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2118     ** required size.  */
2119     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2120     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2121   }
2122 
2123   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2124     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2125     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2126   }
2127 
2128   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2129    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2130   ){
2131     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2132   }
2133   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2134   pPager->setSuper = 0;
2135 
2136   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2137 }
2138 
2139 /*
2140 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2141 ** database file.
2142 **
2143 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2144 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2145 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2146 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2147 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2148 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2149 ** will roll it back.
2150 **
2151 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2152 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2153 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2154 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2155 */
2156 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2157   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2158     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2159     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2160       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2161       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2162       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2163     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2164       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2165       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2166     }
2167   }
2168   pager_unlock(pPager);
2169 }
2170 
2171 /*
2172 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2173 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2174 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2175 **
2176 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2177 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2178 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2179 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2180 **
2181 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2182 ** incompatible journal file format.
2183 **
2184 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2185 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2186 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2187 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2188 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2189 */
2190 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2191   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2192   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2193   while( i>0 ){
2194     cksum += aData[i];
2195     i -= 200;
2196   }
2197   return cksum;
2198 }
2199 
2200 /*
2201 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2202 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2203 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2204 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2205 **
2206 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2207 ** not.
2208 **
2209 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2210 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2211 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2212 **
2213 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2214 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2215 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2216 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2217 ** prior to returning.
2218 **
2219 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2220 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2221 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2222 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2223 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2224 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2225 ** two circumstances:
2226 **
2227 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2228 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2229 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2230 **
2231 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2232 **
2233 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2234 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2235 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2236 */
2237 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2238   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2239   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2240   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2241   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2242   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2243 ){
2244   int rc;
2245   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2246   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2247   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2248   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2249   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2250   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2251 
2252   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2253   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2254   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2255   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2256 
2257   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2258   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2259   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2260 
2261   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2262   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2263   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2264   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2265   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2266   */
2267   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2268        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2269   );
2270   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2271 
2272   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2273   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2274   */
2275   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2276   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2277   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2278   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2279   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2280   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2281 
2282   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2283   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2284   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2285   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2286   */
2287   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2288     assert( !isSavepnt );
2289     return SQLITE_DONE;
2290   }
2291   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2292     return SQLITE_OK;
2293   }
2294   if( isMainJrnl ){
2295     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2296     if( rc ) return rc;
2297     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2298       return SQLITE_DONE;
2299     }
2300   }
2301 
2302   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2303   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2304   */
2305   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2306     return rc;
2307   }
2308 
2309   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2310   */
2311   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2312     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2313   }
2314 
2315   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2316   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2317   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2318   **
2319   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2320   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2321   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2322   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2323   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2324   ** assert()able.
2325   **
2326   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2327   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2328   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2329   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2330   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2331   **
2332   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2333   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2334   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2335   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2336   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2337   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2338   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2339   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2340   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2341   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2342   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2343   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2344   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2345   **
2346   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2347   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2348   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2349   */
2350   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2351     pPg = 0;
2352   }else{
2353     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2354   }
2355   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2356   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2357   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2358            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2359            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2360   ));
2361   if( isMainJrnl ){
2362     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2363   }else{
2364     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2365   }
2366   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2367    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2368    && isSynced
2369   ){
2370     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2371     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2372     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2373 
2374     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2375     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2376     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2377     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2378     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2379     ** file.  */
2380     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2381 
2382     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2383       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2384     }
2385     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2386       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2387     }
2388   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2389     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2390     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2391     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2392     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2393     ** current.
2394     **
2395     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2396     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2397     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2398     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2399     **
2400     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2401     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2402     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2403     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2404     */
2405     assert( isSavepnt );
2406     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2407     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2408     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2409     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2410     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2411     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2412     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2413   }
2414   if( pPg ){
2415     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2416     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2417     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2418     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2419     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2420     */
2421     void *pData;
2422     pData = pPg->pData;
2423     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2424     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2425     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2426     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2427     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2428     ** has been removed. */
2429     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2430 
2431     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2432     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2433     if( pgno==1 ){
2434       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2435     }
2436     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2437   }
2438   return rc;
2439 }
2440 
2441 /*
2442 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2443 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2444 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2445 ** and does so if it is.
2446 **
2447 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2448 ** available for use within this function.
2449 **
2450 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2451 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2452 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2453 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2454 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2455 **
2456 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2457 **
2458 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2459 ** journals have been rolled back.
2460 **
2461 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2462 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2463 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2464 **
2465 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2466 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2467 **     file zSuper
2468 **
2469 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2470 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2471 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2472 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2473 **
2474 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2475 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2476 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2477 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2478 **
2479 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2480 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2481 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2482 ** size.
2483 */
2484 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
2485   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2486   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2487   sqlite3_file *pSuper;     /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2488   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2489   char *zSuperJournal = 0;  /* Contents of super-journal file */
2490   i64 nSuperJournal;        /* Size of super-journal file */
2491   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2492   char *zSuperPtr;          /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2493   char *zFree = 0;          /* Free this buffer */
2494   int nSuperPtr;            /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2495 
2496   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2497   ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2498   */
2499   pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2500   if( !pSuper ){
2501     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2502     pJournal = 0;
2503   }else{
2504     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2505     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
2506     pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2507   }
2508   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2509 
2510   /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2511   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal.   Also obtain
2512   ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2513   ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2514   */
2515   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
2516   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2517   nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2518   zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
2519   if( !zFree ){
2520     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2521     goto delsuper_out;
2522   }
2523   zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0;
2524   zSuperJournal = &zFree[4];
2525   zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
2526   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
2527   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2528   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
2529   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
2530 
2531   zJournal = zSuperJournal;
2532   while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
2533     int exists;
2534     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2535     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2536       goto delsuper_out;
2537     }
2538     if( exists ){
2539       /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2540       ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2541       ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2542       ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
2543       ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2544       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2545       */
2546       int c;
2547       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2548       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2549       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2550         goto delsuper_out;
2551       }
2552 
2553       rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
2554       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2555       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2556         goto delsuper_out;
2557       }
2558 
2559       c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
2560       if( c ){
2561         /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2562         goto delsuper_out;
2563       }
2564     }
2565     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2566   }
2567 
2568   sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2569   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
2570 
2571 delsuper_out:
2572   sqlite3_free(zFree);
2573   if( pSuper ){
2574     sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2575     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2576     sqlite3_free(pSuper);
2577   }
2578   return rc;
2579 }
2580 
2581 
2582 /*
2583 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2584 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2585 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2586 **
2587 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2588 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2589 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2590 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2591 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2592 **
2593 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2594 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2595 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2596 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2597 ** the end of the new file instead.
2598 **
2599 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2600 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2601 */
2602 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2603   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2604   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2605   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2606 
2607   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2608    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2609   ){
2610     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2611     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2612     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2613     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2614     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2615     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2617       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2618         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2619       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2620         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2621         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2622         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2623         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2624         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2625       }
2626       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2627         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2628       }
2629     }
2630   }
2631   return rc;
2632 }
2633 
2634 /*
2635 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2636 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2637 */
2638 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2639   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2640   if( iRet<32 ){
2641     iRet = 512;
2642   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2643     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2644     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2645   }
2646   return iRet;
2647 }
2648 
2649 /*
2650 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2651 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2652 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2653 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2654 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2655 **
2656 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2657 **
2658 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2659 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2660 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2661 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2662 **
2663 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2664 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2665 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2666 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2667 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2668 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2669 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2670 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2671 */
2672 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2673   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2674 
2675   if( pPager->tempFile
2676    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2677               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2678   ){
2679     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2680     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2681     ** call will segfault. */
2682     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2683   }else{
2684     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2685   }
2686 }
2687 
2688 /*
2689 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2690 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2691 **
2692 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2693 **
2694 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2695 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2696 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2697 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2698 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2699 **       sanity checksum.
2700 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2701 **       database to during a rollback.
2702 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2703 **       is this many bytes in size.
2704 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2705 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2706 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2707 **        +  4 byte page number.
2708 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2709 **        +  4 byte checksum
2710 **
2711 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2712 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2713 **
2714 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2715 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2716 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2717 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2718 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2719 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2720 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2721 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2722 **
2723 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2724 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2725 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2726 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2727 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2728 **
2729 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2730 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2731 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2732 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2733 ** been encountered.
2734 **
2735 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2736 ** and an error code is returned.
2737 **
2738 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2739 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2740 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2741 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2742 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2743 ** needed.
2744 */
2745 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2746   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2747   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2748   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2749   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2750   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2751   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2752   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2753   char *zSuper = 0;        /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2754   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2755   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2756   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2757 
2758   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2759   ** the journal is empty.
2760   */
2761   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2762   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2763   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2764     goto end_playback;
2765   }
2766 
2767   /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2768   ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2769   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2770   ** played back.
2771   **
2772   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2773   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2774   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2775   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2776   ** for pageSize.
2777   */
2778   zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2779   rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2780   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
2781     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2782   }
2783   zSuper = 0;
2784   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2785     goto end_playback;
2786   }
2787   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2788   needPagerReset = isHot;
2789 
2790   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2791   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2792   ** occurs.
2793   */
2794   while( 1 ){
2795     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2796     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2797     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2798     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2799     */
2800     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2801     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2802       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2803         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2804       }
2805       goto end_playback;
2806     }
2807 
2808     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2809     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2810     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2811     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2812     */
2813     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2814       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2815       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2816     }
2817 
2818     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2819     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2820     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2821     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2822     ** size of the file.
2823     **
2824     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2825     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2826     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2827     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2828     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2829     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2830     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2831     */
2832     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2833         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2834       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2835     }
2836 
2837     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2838     ** database file back to its original size.
2839     */
2840     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2841       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2842       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2843         goto end_playback;
2844       }
2845       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2846     }
2847 
2848     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2849     ** database file and/or page cache.
2850     */
2851     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2852       if( needPagerReset ){
2853         pager_reset(pPager);
2854         needPagerReset = 0;
2855       }
2856       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2857       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2858         nPlayback++;
2859       }else{
2860         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2861           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2862           break;
2863         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2864           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2865           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2866           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2867           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2868           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2869           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2870           goto end_playback;
2871         }else{
2872           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2873           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2874           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2875           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2876           */
2877           goto end_playback;
2878         }
2879       }
2880     }
2881   }
2882   /*NOTREACHED*/
2883   assert( 0 );
2884 
2885 end_playback:
2886   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2887     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2888   }
2889   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2890   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2891   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2892   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2893   */
2894 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2895   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2896 #endif
2897 
2898   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2899   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2900   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2901   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2902   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2903   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2904   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2905   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2906   */
2907   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2908 
2909   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2910     /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2911     ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2912     ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2913     ** the filename. */
2914     zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4];
2915     rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2916     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2917   }
2918   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2919    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2920   ){
2921     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2922   }
2923   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2924     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
2925     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2926   }
2927   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
2928     /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2929     ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2930     */
2931     assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] );
2932     memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4);
2933     rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
2934     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2935   }
2936   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2937     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2938                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2939   }
2940 
2941   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2942   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2943   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2944   */
2945   setSectorSize(pPager);
2946   return rc;
2947 }
2948 
2949 
2950 /*
2951 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2952 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2953 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2954 ** file before this function is called.
2955 **
2956 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2957 ** the value read from the database file.
2958 **
2959 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2960 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2961 */
2962 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2963   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2964   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2965 
2966 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2967   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2968 
2969   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2970   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2971 
2972   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2973     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2974     if( rc ) return rc;
2975   }
2976   if( iFrame ){
2977     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
2978   }else
2979 #endif
2980   {
2981     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2982     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
2983     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2984       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2985     }
2986   }
2987 
2988   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
2989     if( rc ){
2990       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2991       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2992       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2993       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2994       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2995       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2996       **
2997       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2998       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2999       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3000       ** we should still be ok.
3001       */
3002       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3003     }else{
3004       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3005       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3006     }
3007   }
3008   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3009   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3010   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3011   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3012                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3013 
3014   return rc;
3015 }
3016 
3017 /*
3018 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3019 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3020 **
3021 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3022 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3023 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3024 */
3025 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3026   u32 change_counter;
3027 
3028   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3029   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3030   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3031 
3032   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3033   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3034   ** is valid. */
3035   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3036   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3037 }
3038 
3039 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3040 /*
3041 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3042 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3043 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3044 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3045 **
3046 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3047 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3048 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3049 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3050 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3051 */
3052 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3053   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3054   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3055   PgHdr *pPg;
3056 
3057   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3058   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3059   if( pPg ){
3060     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3061       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3062     }else{
3063       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3064       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3065         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3066       }
3067       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3068     }
3069   }
3070 
3071   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3072   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3073   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3074   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3075   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3076   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3077   ** the backups must be restarted.
3078   */
3079   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3080 
3081   return rc;
3082 }
3083 
3084 /*
3085 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3086 */
3087 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3088   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3089   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3090 
3091   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3092   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3093   ** following:
3094   **
3095   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3096   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3097   */
3098   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3099   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3100   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3101   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3102     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3103     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3104     pList = pNext;
3105   }
3106 
3107   return rc;
3108 }
3109 
3110 /*
3111 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3112 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3113 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3114 ** changed.
3115 **
3116 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3117 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3118 */
3119 static int pagerWalFrames(
3120   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3121   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3122   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3123   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3124 ){
3125   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3126   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3127   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3128 
3129   assert( pPager->pWal );
3130   assert( pList );
3131 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3132   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3133   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3134     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3135   }
3136 #endif
3137 
3138   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3139   if( isCommit ){
3140     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3141     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3142     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3143     ** list here. */
3144     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3145     nList = 0;
3146     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3147       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3148         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3149         nList++;
3150       }
3151     }
3152     assert( pList );
3153   }else{
3154     nList = 1;
3155   }
3156   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3157 
3158   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3159   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3160       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3161   );
3162   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3163     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3164       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3165     }
3166   }
3167 
3168 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3169   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3170   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3171     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3172   }
3173 #endif
3174 
3175   return rc;
3176 }
3177 
3178 /*
3179 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3180 **
3181 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3182 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3183 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3184 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3185 */
3186 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3187   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3188   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3189 
3190   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3191   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3192 
3193   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3194   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3195   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3196   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3197   */
3198   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3199 
3200   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3201   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3202     pager_reset(pPager);
3203     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3204   }
3205 
3206   return rc;
3207 }
3208 #endif
3209 
3210 /*
3211 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3212 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3213 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3214 **
3215 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3216 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3217 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3218 */
3219 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3220   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3221 
3222   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3223   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3224   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3225   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3226   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3227   */
3228   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3229   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3230   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3231   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3232   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3233 
3234   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3235   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3236   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3237   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3238   */
3239   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3240     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3241     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3242     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3243       return rc;
3244     }
3245     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3246   }
3247 
3248   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3249   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3250   ** that the file can be read.
3251   */
3252   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3253     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3254   }
3255 
3256   *pnPage = nPage;
3257   return SQLITE_OK;
3258 }
3259 
3260 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3261 /*
3262 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3263 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3264 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3265 **
3266 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3267 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3268 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3269 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3270 **
3271 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3272 **
3273 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3274 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3275 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3276 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3277 ** other connection.
3278 */
3279 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3280   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3281   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3282   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3283 
3284   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3285     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3286     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3287         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3288     );
3289     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3290       if( isWal ){
3291         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3292 
3293         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3294         if( rc ) return rc;
3295         if( nPage==0 ){
3296           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3297         }else{
3298           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3299           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3300         }
3301       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3302         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3303       }
3304     }
3305   }
3306   return rc;
3307 }
3308 #endif
3309 
3310 /*
3311 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3312 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3313 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3314 ** savepoint.
3315 **
3316 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3317 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3318 ** performed in the order specified:
3319 **
3320 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3321 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3322 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3323 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3324 **
3325 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3326 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3327 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3328 **
3329 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3330 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3331 **     the journal file.
3332 **
3333 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3334 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3335 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3336 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3337 **
3338 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3339 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3340 **
3341 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3342 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3343 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3344 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3345 */
3346 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3347   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3348   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3349   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3350   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3351 
3352   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3353   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3354 
3355   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3356   if( pSavepoint ){
3357     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3358     if( !pDone ){
3359       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3360     }
3361   }
3362 
3363   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3364   ** being reverted was opened.
3365   */
3366   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3367   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3368 
3369   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3370     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3371   }
3372 
3373   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3374   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3375   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3376   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3377   */
3378   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3379   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3380 
3381   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3382   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3383   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3384   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3385   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3386   ** are played back.
3387   */
3388   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3389     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3390     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3391     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3392       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3393     }
3394     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3395   }else{
3396     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3397   }
3398 
3399   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3400   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3401   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3402   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3403   */
3404   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3405     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3406     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3407     u32 dummy;
3408     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3409     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3410 
3411     /*
3412     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3413     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3414     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3415     */
3416     if( nJRec==0
3417      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3418     ){
3419       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3420     }
3421     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3422       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3423     }
3424     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3425   }
3426   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3427 
3428   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3429   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3430   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3431   */
3432   if( pSavepoint ){
3433     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3434     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3435 
3436     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3437       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3438     }
3439     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3440       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3441       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3442     }
3443     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3444   }
3445 
3446   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3447   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3448     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3449   }
3450 
3451   return rc;
3452 }
3453 
3454 /*
3455 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3456 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3457 */
3458 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3459   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3460 }
3461 
3462 /*
3463 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3464 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3465 */
3466 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3467   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3468 }
3469 
3470 /*
3471 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3472 */
3473 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3474 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3475   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3476   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3477     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3478     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3479     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3480     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3481     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3482   }
3483 #endif
3484 }
3485 
3486 /*
3487 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3488 */
3489 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3490   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3491   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3492 }
3493 
3494 /*
3495 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3496 */
3497 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3498   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3499 }
3500 
3501 /*
3502 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3503 **
3504 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3505 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3506 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3507 ** There are four levels:
3508 **
3509 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3510 **              for temporary and transient files.
3511 **
3512 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3513 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3514 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3515 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3516 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3517 **              when it is rolled back.
3518 **
3519 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3520 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3521 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3522 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3523 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3524 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3525 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3526 **
3527 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3528 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3529 **              journal is unlinked.
3530 **
3531 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3532 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3533 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3534 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3535 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3536 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3537 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3538 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3539 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3540 **
3541 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3542 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3543 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3544 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3545 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3546 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3547 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3548 **
3549 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3550 ** and FULL=3.
3551 */
3552 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3553 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3554   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3555   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3556 ){
3557   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3558   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3559     pPager->noSync = 1;
3560     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3561     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3562   }else{
3563     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3564     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3565     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3566   }
3567   if( pPager->noSync ){
3568     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3569   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3570     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3571   }else{
3572     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3573   }
3574   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3575   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3576     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3577   }
3578   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3579     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3580   }
3581   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3582     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3583   }else{
3584     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3585   }
3586 }
3587 #endif
3588 
3589 /*
3590 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3591 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3592 ** testing and analysis only.
3593 */
3594 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3595 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3596 #endif
3597 
3598 /*
3599 ** Open a temporary file.
3600 **
3601 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3602 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3603 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3604 **
3605 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3606 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3607 **
3608 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3609 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3610 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3611 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3612 */
3613 static int pagerOpentemp(
3614   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3615   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3616   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3617 ){
3618   int rc;               /* Return code */
3619 
3620 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3621   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3622 #endif
3623 
3624   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3625             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3626   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3627   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3628   return rc;
3629 }
3630 
3631 /*
3632 ** Set the busy handler function.
3633 **
3634 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3635 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3636 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3637 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3638 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3639 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3640 **
3641 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3642 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3643 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3644 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3645 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3646 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3647 **
3648 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3649 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3650 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3651 */
3652 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3653   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3654   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3655   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3656 ){
3657   void **ap;
3658   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3659   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3660   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3661   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3662   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3663   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3664 }
3665 
3666 /*
3667 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3668 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3669 **
3670 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3671 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3672 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3673 **
3674 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3675 **
3676 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3677 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3678 **
3679 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3680 **
3681 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3682 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3683 **
3684 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3685 **
3686 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3687 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3688 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3689 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3690 **
3691 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3692 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3693 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3694 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3695 */
3696 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3697   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3698 
3699   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3700   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3701   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3702   **
3703   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3704   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3705   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3706   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3707   */
3708 
3709   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3710   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3711   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3712    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3713    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3714   ){
3715     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3716     i64 nByte = 0;
3717 
3718     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3719       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3720     }
3721     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3722       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3723       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3724       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3725       if( !pNew ){
3726         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3727       }else{
3728         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3729       }
3730     }
3731 
3732     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3733       pager_reset(pPager);
3734       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3735     }
3736     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3737       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3738       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3739       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3740       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3741     }else{
3742       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3743     }
3744   }
3745 
3746   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3747   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3748     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3749     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3750     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3751     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3752   }
3753   return rc;
3754 }
3755 
3756 /*
3757 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3758 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3759 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3760 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3761 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3762 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3763 */
3764 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3765   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3766 }
3767 
3768 /*
3769 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3770 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3771 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3772 **
3773 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3774 */
3775 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
3776   if( mxPage>0 ){
3777     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3778   }
3779   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3780   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3781   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3782   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3783   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3784   return pPager->mxPgno;
3785 }
3786 
3787 /*
3788 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3789 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3790 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3791 **
3792 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3793 ** and generate no code.
3794 */
3795 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3796 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3797 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3798 static int saved_cnt;
3799 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3800   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3801   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3802 }
3803 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3804   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3805 }
3806 #else
3807 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3808 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3809 #endif
3810 
3811 /*
3812 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3813 ** that pDest points to.
3814 **
3815 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3816 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3817 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3818 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3819 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3820 **
3821 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3822 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3823 ** output buffer undefined.
3824 */
3825 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3826   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3827   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3828   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3829 
3830   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3831   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3832   ** to WAL mode yet.
3833   */
3834   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3835 
3836   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3837     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3838     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3839     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3840       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3841     }
3842   }
3843   return rc;
3844 }
3845 
3846 /*
3847 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3848 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3849 **
3850 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3851 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3852 */
3853 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3854   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3855   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3856   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3857 }
3858 
3859 
3860 /*
3861 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3862 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3863 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3864 **
3865 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3866 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3867 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3868 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3869 **
3870 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3871 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3872 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3873 */
3874 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3875   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3876 
3877   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3878   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3879   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3880   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3881   */
3882   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3883        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3884        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3885   );
3886 
3887   do {
3888     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3889   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3890   return rc;
3891 }
3892 
3893 /*
3894 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3895 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3896 **
3897 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3898 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3899 **
3900 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3901 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3902 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3903 **
3904 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3905 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3906 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3907 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3908 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3909 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3910 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3911 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3912 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3913 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3914 */
3915 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3916 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3917   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3918   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3919 }
3920 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3921   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3922 }
3923 #else
3924 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3925 #endif
3926 
3927 /*
3928 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3929 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3930 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3931 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3932 **
3933 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3934 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3935 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3936 ** then continue writing to the database.
3937 */
3938 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3939   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3940   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3941   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3942 
3943   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3944   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3945   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3946   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3947   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3948   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3949   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3950   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3951   ** is no longer correct. */
3952 }
3953 
3954 
3955 /*
3956 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3957 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3958 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3959 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3960 **
3961 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3962 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3963 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3964 ** content as this process.
3965 **
3966 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3967 ** an SQLite error code.
3968 */
3969 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3970   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3971   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3972     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3973   }
3974   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3975     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3976   }
3977   return rc;
3978 }
3979 
3980 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3981 /*
3982 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3983 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3984 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3985 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3986 ** *ppPage to zero.
3987 **
3988 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3989 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3990 */
3991 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3992   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3993   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3994   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3995   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3996 ){
3997   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3998 
3999   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4000     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4001     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4002     p->pDirty = 0;
4003     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4004     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4005   }else{
4006     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4007     if( p==0 ){
4008       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4009       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4010     }
4011     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4012     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4013     p->nRef = 1;
4014     p->pPager = pPager;
4015   }
4016 
4017   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4018   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4019   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4020   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4021   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4022 
4023   p->pgno = pgno;
4024   p->pData = pData;
4025   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4026 
4027   return SQLITE_OK;
4028 }
4029 #endif
4030 
4031 /*
4032 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4033 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4034 */
4035 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4036   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4037   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4038   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4039   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4040 
4041   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4042   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4043 }
4044 
4045 /*
4046 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4047 */
4048 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4049   PgHdr *p;
4050   PgHdr *pNext;
4051   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4052     pNext = p->pDirty;
4053     sqlite3_free(p);
4054   }
4055 }
4056 
4057 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4058 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4059 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4060 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4061 */
4062 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4063   int bHasMoved = 0;
4064   int rc;
4065 
4066   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4067   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4068   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4069   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4070   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4071     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4072     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4073     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4074     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4075   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4076     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4077   }
4078   return rc;
4079 }
4080 
4081 
4082 /*
4083 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4084 **
4085 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4086 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4087 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4088 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4089 ** result in a coredump.
4090 **
4091 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4092 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4093 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4094 ** to the caller.
4095 */
4096 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4097   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4098   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4099   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4100   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4101   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4102   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4103   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4104   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4105 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4106   {
4107     u8 *a = 0;
4108     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4109     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4110      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4111     ){
4112       a = pTmp;
4113     }
4114     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4115     pPager->pWal = 0;
4116   }
4117 #endif
4118   pager_reset(pPager);
4119   if( MEMDB ){
4120     pager_unlock(pPager);
4121   }else{
4122     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4123     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4124     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4125     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4126     **
4127     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4128     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4129     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4130     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4131     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4132     */
4133     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4134       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4135     }
4136     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4137   }
4138   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4139   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4140   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4141   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4142   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4143   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4144   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4145   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4146   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4147   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4148 
4149   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4150   return SQLITE_OK;
4151 }
4152 
4153 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4154 /*
4155 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4156 */
4157 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4158   return pPg->pgno;
4159 }
4160 #endif
4161 
4162 /*
4163 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4164 */
4165 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4166   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4167 }
4168 
4169 /*
4170 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4171 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4172 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4173 **
4174 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4175 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4176 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4177 **
4178 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4179 **     be taken.
4180 **
4181 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4182 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4183 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4184 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4185 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4186 **
4187 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4188 **     journal file is synced.
4189 **
4190 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4191 **
4192 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4193 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4194 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4195 **       <update nRec field>
4196 **     }
4197 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4198 **   }
4199 **
4200 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4201 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4202 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4203 */
4204 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4205   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4206 
4207   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4208        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4209   );
4210   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4211   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4212 
4213   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4214   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4215 
4216   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4217     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4218     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4219       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4220       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4221 
4222       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4223         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4224         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4225         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4226         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4227         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4228         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4229         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4230         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4231         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4232         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4233         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4234         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4235         **
4236         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4237         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4238         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4239         **
4240         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4241         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4242         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4243         ** the potential journal header.
4244         */
4245         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4246         u8 aMagic[8];
4247         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4248 
4249         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4250         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4251 
4252         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4253         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4254         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4255           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4256           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4257         }
4258         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4259           return rc;
4260         }
4261 
4262         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4263         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4264         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4265         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4266         **
4267         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4268         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4269         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4270         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4271         ** and never needs to be updated.
4272         */
4273         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4274           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4275           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4276           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4277           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4278         }
4279         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4280         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4281             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4282         );
4283         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4284       }
4285       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4286         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4287         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4288         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4289           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4290         );
4291         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4292       }
4293 
4294       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4295       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4296         pPager->nRec = 0;
4297         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4298         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4299       }
4300     }else{
4301       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4302     }
4303   }
4304 
4305   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4306   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4307   ** all pages.
4308   */
4309   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4310   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4311   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4312   return SQLITE_OK;
4313 }
4314 
4315 /*
4316 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4317 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4318 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4319 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4320 ** a no-op.
4321 **
4322 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4323 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4324 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4325 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4326 **
4327 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4328 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4329 ** written out.
4330 **
4331 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4332 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4333 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4334 **
4335 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4336 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4337 **
4338 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4339 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4340 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4341 ** the database file.
4342 **
4343 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4344 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4345 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4346 */
4347 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4348   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4349 
4350   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4351   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4352   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4353   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4354   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4355 
4356   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4357   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4358   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4359   */
4360   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4361     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4362     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4363   }
4364 
4365   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4366   ** file size will be.
4367   */
4368   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4369   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4370    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4371    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4372   ){
4373     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4374     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4375     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4376   }
4377 
4378   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4379     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4380 
4381     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4382     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4383     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4384     ** any such pages to the file.
4385     **
4386     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4387     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4388     */
4389     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4390       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4391       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4392 
4393       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4394       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4395 
4396       pData = pList->pData;
4397 
4398       /* Write out the page data. */
4399       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4400 
4401       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4402       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4403       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4404       */
4405       if( pgno==1 ){
4406         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4407       }
4408       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4409         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4410       }
4411       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4412 
4413       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4414       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4415 
4416       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4417                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4418       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4419       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4420     }else{
4421       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4422     }
4423     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4424     pList = pList->pDirty;
4425   }
4426 
4427   return rc;
4428 }
4429 
4430 /*
4431 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4432 ** function is a no-op.
4433 **
4434 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4435 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4436 ** fails.
4437 */
4438 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4439   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4440   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4441     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4442       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4443       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4444     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4445     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4446       nStmtSpill = -1;
4447     }
4448     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4449   }
4450   return rc;
4451 }
4452 
4453 /*
4454 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4455 **
4456 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4457 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4458 **
4459 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4460 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4461 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4462 ** bitvec.
4463 */
4464 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4465   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4466   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4467   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4468 
4469     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4470     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4471     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4472     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4473     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4474          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4475          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4476     );
4477     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4478 
4479     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4480     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4481     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4482       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4483       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4484       char *pData2;
4485       pData2 = pData;
4486       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4487       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4488       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4489         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4490       }
4491     }
4492   }
4493   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4494     pPager->nSubRec++;
4495     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4496     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4497   }
4498   return rc;
4499 }
4500 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4501   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4502     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4503   }else{
4504     return SQLITE_OK;
4505   }
4506 }
4507 
4508 /*
4509 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4510 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4511 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4512 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4513 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4514 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4515 ** argument.
4516 **
4517 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4518 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4519 ** journal file.
4520 **
4521 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4522 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4523 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4524 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4525 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4526 */
4527 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4528   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4529   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4530 
4531   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4532   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4533 
4534   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4535   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4536   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4537   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4538   **
4539   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4540   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4541   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4542   **
4543   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4544   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4545   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4546   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4547   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4548   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4549   */
4550   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4551   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4552   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4553   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4554   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4555    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4556       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4557   ){
4558     return SQLITE_OK;
4559   }
4560 
4561   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4562   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4563   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4564     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4565     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4566     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4567       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4568     }
4569   }else{
4570 
4571 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4572     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4573       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4574       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4575     }
4576 #endif
4577 
4578     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4579     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4580      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4581     ){
4582       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4583     }
4584 
4585     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4586     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4587       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4588       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4589     }
4590   }
4591 
4592   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4593   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4594     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4595     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4596   }
4597 
4598   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4599 }
4600 
4601 /*
4602 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4603 */
4604 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4605   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4606   if( !MEMDB ){
4607     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4608     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4609     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4610       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4611       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4612         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4613       }
4614       pList = pNext;
4615     }
4616   }
4617 
4618   return rc;
4619 }
4620 
4621 /*
4622 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4623 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4624 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4625 **
4626 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4627 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4628 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4629 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4630 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4631 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4632 **
4633 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4634 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4635 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4636 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4637 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4638 **
4639 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4640 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4641 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4642 **
4643 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4644 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4645 **
4646 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4647 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4648 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4649 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4650 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4651 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4652 */
4653 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4654   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4655   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4656   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4657   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4658   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4659   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4660   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4661 ){
4662   u8 *pPtr;
4663   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4664   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4665   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4666   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4667 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4668   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4669 #else
4670 # define memJM 0
4671 #endif
4672   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4673   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4674   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4675   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4676   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4677   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4678   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4679   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4680   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4681   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4682 
4683   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4684   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4685   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4686 
4687   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4688   *ppPager = 0;
4689 
4690 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4691   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4692     memDb = 1;
4693     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4694       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4695       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4696       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4697       zFilename = 0;
4698     }
4699   }
4700 #endif
4701 
4702   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4703   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4704   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4705   */
4706   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4707     const char *z;
4708     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4709     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4710     if( zPathname==0 ){
4711       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4712     }
4713     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4714     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4715     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4716       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4717         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4718           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4719         }else{
4720           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4721         }
4722       }
4723     }
4724     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4725     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4726     while( *z ){
4727       z += strlen(z)+1;
4728       z += strlen(z)+1;
4729       nUri++;
4730     }
4731     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4732     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4733     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4734       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4735       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4736       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4737       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4738       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4739       */
4740       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4741     }
4742     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4743       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4744       return rc;
4745     }
4746   }
4747 
4748   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4749   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4750   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4751   **
4752   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4753   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4754   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4755   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4756   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4757   **     Ptr back to the Pager           (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4758   **     \0\0\0\0 database prefix        (4 bytes)
4759   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4760   **     URI query parameters            (nUriByte bytes)
4761   **     Journal filename                (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4762   **     WAL filename                    (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4763   **     \0\0\0 terminator               (3 bytes)
4764   **
4765   ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4766   ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4767   ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4768   ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API.  This is a
4769   ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4770   ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4771   ** order and formatting if possible.  In particular, the details of the
4772   ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4773   **
4774   **   - Main Database Path
4775   **   - \0
4776   **   - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4777   **     - Key
4778   **     - \0
4779   **     - Value
4780   **     - \0
4781   **   - \0
4782   **   - Journal Path
4783   **   - \0
4784   **   - WAL Path (zWALName)
4785   **   - \0
4786   **
4787   ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4788   ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4789   ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4790   ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4791   */
4792   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4793     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +            /* Pager structure */
4794     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +                 /* PCache object */
4795     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +             /* The main db file */
4796     journalFileSize * 2 +                /* The two journal files */
4797     sizeof(pPager) +                     /* Space to hold a pointer */
4798     4 +                                  /* Database prefix */
4799     nPathname + 1 +                      /* database filename */
4800     nUriByte +                           /* query parameters */
4801     nPathname + 8 + 1 +                  /* Journal filename */
4802 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4803     nPathname + 4 + 1 +                  /* WAL filename */
4804 #endif
4805     3                                    /* Terminator */
4806   );
4807   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4808   if( !pPtr ){
4809     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4810     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4811   }
4812   pPager = (Pager*)pPtr;                  pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4813   pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr;        pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4814   pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;       pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4815   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4816   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4817   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4818   memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager));  pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4819 
4820   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4821                                           pPtr += 4;  /* Skip zero prefix */
4822   pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4823   if( nPathname>0 ){
4824     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4825     if( zUri ){
4826       memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte);       pPtr += nUriByte;
4827     }else{
4828                                           pPtr++;
4829     }
4830   }
4831 
4832 
4833   /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4834   if( nPathname>0 ){
4835     pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4836     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4837     memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8);           pPtr += 8 + 1;
4838 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4839     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4840     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4841 #endif
4842   }else{
4843     pPager->zJournal = 0;
4844   }
4845 
4846 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4847   /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4848   if( nPathname>0 ){
4849     pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4850     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4851     memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4);              pPtr += 4 + 1;
4852 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4853     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4854     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4855 #endif
4856   }else{
4857     pPager->zWal = 0;
4858   }
4859 #endif
4860 
4861   if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4862   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4863   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4864 
4865   /* Open the pager file.
4866   */
4867   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4868     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4869     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4870     assert( !memDb );
4871 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4872     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4873 #endif
4874     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4875 
4876     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4877     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4878     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4879     **
4880     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4881     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4882     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4883     */
4884     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4885       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4886       if( !readOnly ){
4887         setSectorSize(pPager);
4888         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4889         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4890           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4891             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4892           }else{
4893             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4894           }
4895         }
4896 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4897         {
4898           int ii;
4899           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4900           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4901           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4902           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4903             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4904               szPageDflt = ii;
4905             }
4906           }
4907         }
4908 #endif
4909       }
4910       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4911       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4912        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4913           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4914           goto act_like_temp_file;
4915       }
4916     }
4917   }else{
4918     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4919     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4920     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4921     **
4922     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4923     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4924     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4925     **
4926     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4927     */
4928 act_like_temp_file:
4929     tempFile = 1;
4930     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4931     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4932     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4933     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4934   }
4935 
4936   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4937   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4938   */
4939   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4940     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4941     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4942     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4943   }
4944 
4945   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4946   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4947     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4948     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4949     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4950                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4951   }
4952 
4953   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4954   */
4955   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4956     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4957     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4958     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4959     return rc;
4960   }
4961 
4962   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4963   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4964 
4965   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4966   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4967   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4968   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4969   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4970   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4971   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4972   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4973   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4974   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4975   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4976   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4977           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4978   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4979   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4980   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4981   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4982   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4983   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4984   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4985   if( pPager->noSync ){
4986     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4987     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4988     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4989     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4990   }else{
4991     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4992     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4993     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4994     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4995   }
4996   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4997   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4998   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4999   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5000   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5001   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5002   setSectorSize(pPager);
5003   if( !useJournal ){
5004     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5005   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5006     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5007   }
5008   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5009   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5010   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5011   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5012   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5013   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5014 
5015   *ppPager = pPager;
5016   return SQLITE_OK;
5017 }
5018 
5019 /*
5020 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5021 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5022 ** xOpen.
5023 */
5024 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5025   Pager *pPager;
5026   while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5027     zName--;
5028   }
5029   pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5030   return pPager->fd;
5031 }
5032 
5033 
5034 /*
5035 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5036 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5037 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5038 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5039 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5040 **
5041 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5042 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5043 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5044 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5045 **
5046 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5047 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5048 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5049 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5050 ** is returned.
5051 **
5052 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5053 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5054 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5055 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5056 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5057 ** will not roll it back.
5058 **
5059 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5060 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5061 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5062 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5063 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5064 */
5065 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5066   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5067   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5068   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5069   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5070 
5071   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5072   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5073   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5074 
5075   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5076     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5077   ));
5078 
5079   *pExists = 0;
5080   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5081     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5082   }
5083   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5084     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5085 
5086     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5087     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5088     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5089     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5090     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5091     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5092     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5093     */
5094     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5095     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5096       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5097 
5098       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5099       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5100       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5101         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5102         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5103         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5104         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5105         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5106         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5107         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5108         */
5109         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5110           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5111           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5112             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5113             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5114           }
5115           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5116         }else{
5117           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5118           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5119           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5120           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5121           ** it can be ignored.
5122           */
5123           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5124             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5125             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5126           }
5127           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5128             u8 first = 0;
5129             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5130             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5131               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5132             }
5133             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5134               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5135             }
5136             *pExists = (first!=0);
5137           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5138             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5139             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5140             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5141             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5142             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5143             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5144             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5145             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5146             */
5147             *pExists = 1;
5148             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5149           }
5150         }
5151       }
5152     }
5153   }
5154 
5155   return rc;
5156 }
5157 
5158 /*
5159 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5160 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5161 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5162 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5163 **
5164 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5165 **
5166 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5167 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5168 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5169 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5170 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5171 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5172 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5173 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5174 **
5175 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5176 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5177 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5178 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5179 **      file.
5180 **
5181 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5182 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5183 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5184 */
5185 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5186   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5187 
5188   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5189   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5190   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5191   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5192   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5193   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5194   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5195   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5196 
5197   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5198     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5199 
5200     assert( !MEMDB );
5201     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5202 
5203     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5204     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5205       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5206       goto failed;
5207     }
5208 
5209     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5210     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5211     */
5212     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5213       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5214     }
5215     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5216       goto failed;
5217     }
5218     if( bHotJournal ){
5219       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5220         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5221         goto failed;
5222       }
5223 
5224       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5225       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5226       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5227       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5228       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5229       ** hot-journal back.
5230       **
5231       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5232       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5233       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5234       ** on the database file.
5235       **
5236       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5237       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5238       */
5239       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5240       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5241         goto failed;
5242       }
5243 
5244       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5245       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5246       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5247       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5248       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5249       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5250       **
5251       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5252       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5253       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5254       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5255       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5256       */
5257       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5258         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5259         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5260         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5261             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5262         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5263           int fout = 0;
5264           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5265           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5266           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5267           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5268           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5269             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5270             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5271           }
5272         }
5273       }
5274 
5275       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5276       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5277       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5278       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5279       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5280       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5281       ** the journal before playing it back.
5282       */
5283       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5284         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5285         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5286         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5287           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5288           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5289         }
5290       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5291         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5292       }
5293 
5294       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5295         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5296         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5297         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5298         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5299         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5300         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5301         **
5302         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5303         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5304         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5305         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5306         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5307         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5308         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5309         ** references.
5310         */
5311         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5312         goto failed;
5313       }
5314 
5315       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5316       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5317            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5318       );
5319     }
5320 
5321     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5322       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5323       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5324       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5325       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5326       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5327       **
5328       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5329       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5330       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5331       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5332       ** a codec is in use.
5333       **
5334       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5335       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5336       ** it can be neglected.
5337       */
5338       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5339 
5340       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5341       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5342       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5343         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5344           goto failed;
5345         }
5346         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5347       }
5348 
5349       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5350         pager_reset(pPager);
5351 
5352         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5353         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5354         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5355         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5356         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5357         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5358         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5359           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5360         }
5361       }
5362     }
5363 
5364     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5365     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5366     */
5367     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5368 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5369     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5370 #endif
5371   }
5372 
5373   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5374     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5375     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5376   }
5377 
5378   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5379     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5380   }
5381 
5382  failed:
5383   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5384     assert( !MEMDB );
5385     pager_unlock(pPager);
5386     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5387   }else{
5388     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5389     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5390   }
5391   return rc;
5392 }
5393 
5394 /*
5395 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5396 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5397 **
5398 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5399 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5400 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5401 */
5402 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5403   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5404     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5405     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5406   }
5407 }
5408 
5409 /*
5410 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5411 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5412 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5413 **
5414 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5415 ** on the current state of the pager.
5416 **
5417 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5418 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5419 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5420 **
5421 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5422 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5423 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5424 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5425 ** object with no outstanding references.
5426 **
5427 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5428 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5429 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5430 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5431 **
5432 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5433 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5434 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5435 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5436 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5437 **
5438 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5439 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5440 **
5441 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5442 **
5443 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5444 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5445 **      from the savepoint journal.
5446 **
5447 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5448 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5449 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5450 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5451 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5452 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5453 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5454 **
5455 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5456 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5457 **
5458 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5459 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5460 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5461 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5462 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5463 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5464 ** or journal files.
5465 */
5466 static int getPageNormal(
5467   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5468   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5469   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5470   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5471 ){
5472   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5473   PgHdr *pPg;
5474   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5475   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5476 
5477   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5478   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5479   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5480   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5481 
5482   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5483   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5484   if( pBase==0 ){
5485     pPg = 0;
5486     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5487     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5488     if( pBase==0 ){
5489       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5490       goto pager_acquire_err;
5491     }
5492   }
5493   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5494   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5495   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5496   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5497 
5498   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5499   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5500     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5501     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5502     assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5503     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5504     return SQLITE_OK;
5505 
5506   }else{
5507     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5508     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5509     **
5510     ** (*) obsolete.  Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5511     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5512     */
5513     if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5514       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5515       goto pager_acquire_err;
5516     }
5517 
5518     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5519 
5520     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5521     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5522       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5523         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5524         goto pager_acquire_err;
5525       }
5526       if( noContent ){
5527         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5528         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5529         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5530         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5531         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5532         */
5533         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5534         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5535           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5536           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5537         }
5538         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5539         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5540         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5541       }
5542       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5543       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5544     }else{
5545       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5546       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5547       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5548       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5549         goto pager_acquire_err;
5550       }
5551     }
5552     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5553   }
5554   return SQLITE_OK;
5555 
5556 pager_acquire_err:
5557   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5558   if( pPg ){
5559     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5560   }
5561   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5562   *ppPage = 0;
5563   return rc;
5564 }
5565 
5566 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5567 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5568 static int getPageMMap(
5569   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5570   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5571   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5572   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5573 ){
5574   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5575   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5576   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5577 
5578   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5579   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5580   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5581   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5582   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5583    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5584   );
5585 
5586   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5587 
5588   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5589   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5590   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5591   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5592   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5593     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5594   }
5595   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5596   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5597   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5598   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5599 
5600   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5601     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5602     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5603       *ppPage = 0;
5604       return rc;
5605     }
5606   }
5607   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5608     void *pData = 0;
5609     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5610         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5611     );
5612     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5613       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5614         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5615       }
5616       if( pPg==0 ){
5617         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5618       }else{
5619         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5620       }
5621       if( pPg ){
5622         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5623         *ppPage = pPg;
5624         return SQLITE_OK;
5625       }
5626     }
5627     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5628       *ppPage = 0;
5629       return rc;
5630     }
5631   }
5632   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5633 }
5634 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5635 
5636 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5637 static int getPageError(
5638   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5639   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5640   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5641   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5642 ){
5643   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5644   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5645   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5646   *ppPage = 0;
5647   return pPager->errCode;
5648 }
5649 
5650 
5651 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5652 */
5653 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5654   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5655   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5656   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5657   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5658 ){
5659   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5660 }
5661 
5662 /*
5663 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5664 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5665 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5666 **
5667 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5668 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5669 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5670 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5671 ** has ever happened.
5672 */
5673 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5674   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5675   assert( pPager!=0 );
5676   assert( pgno!=0 );
5677   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5678   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5679   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5680   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5681   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5682 }
5683 
5684 /*
5685 ** Release a page reference.
5686 **
5687 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5688 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5689 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5690 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5691 **
5692 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5693 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5694 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5695 */
5696 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5697   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5698   assert( pPg!=0 );
5699   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5700     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5701     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5702   }else{
5703     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5704   }
5705   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5706   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5707 }
5708 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5709   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5710 }
5711 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5712   Pager *pPager;
5713   assert( pPg!=0 );
5714   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5715   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5716   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5717   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5718   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5719 }
5720 
5721 /*
5722 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5723 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5724 ** file when this routine is called.
5725 **
5726 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5727 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5728 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5729 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5730 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5731 **
5732 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5733 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5734 ** already open file.
5735 **
5736 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5737 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5738 **
5739 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5740 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5741 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5742 */
5743 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5744   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5745   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5746 
5747   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5748   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5749   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5750 
5751   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5752   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5753   ** an error state. */
5754   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5755 
5756   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5757     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5758     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5759       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5760     }
5761 
5762     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5763     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5764       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5765         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5766       }else{
5767         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5768         int nSpill;
5769 
5770         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5771           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5772           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5773         }else{
5774           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5775           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5776         }
5777 
5778         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5779         ** it was originally opened. */
5780         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5781         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5782           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5783               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5784           );
5785         }
5786       }
5787       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5788     }
5789 
5790 
5791     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5792     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5793     */
5794     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5795       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5796       pPager->nRec = 0;
5797       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5798       pPager->setSuper = 0;
5799       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5800       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5801     }
5802   }
5803 
5804   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5805     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5806     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5807   }else{
5808     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5809     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5810   }
5811 
5812   return rc;
5813 }
5814 
5815 /*
5816 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5817 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5818 **
5819 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5820 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5821 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5822 ** functions need be called.
5823 **
5824 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5825 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5826 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5827 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5828 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5829 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5830 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5831 */
5832 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5833   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5834 
5835   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5836   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5837   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5838 
5839   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5840     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5841 
5842     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5843       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5844       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5845       */
5846       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5847         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5848         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5849           return rc;
5850         }
5851         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5852       }
5853 
5854       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5855       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5856       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5857       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5858       */
5859       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5860     }else{
5861       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5862       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5863       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5864       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5865       */
5866       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5867       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5868         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5869       }
5870     }
5871 
5872     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5873       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5874       **
5875       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5876       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5877       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5878       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5879       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5880       ** WAL mode.
5881       */
5882       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5883       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5884       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5885       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5886       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5887     }
5888 
5889     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5890     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5891     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5892   }
5893 
5894   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5895   return rc;
5896 }
5897 
5898 /*
5899 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5900 */
5901 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5902   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5903   int rc;
5904   u32 cksum;
5905   char *pData2;
5906   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5907 
5908   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5909   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5910   ** that we do not. */
5911   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5912 
5913   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5914   pData2 = pPg->pData;
5915   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5916 
5917   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5918   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5919   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5920   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5921   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5922   ** then corruption may follow.
5923   */
5924   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5925 
5926   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5927   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5928   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5929   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5930   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5931   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5932 
5933   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5934            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5935   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5936   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5937        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5938        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5939 
5940   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5941   pPager->nRec++;
5942   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5943   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5944   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5945   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5946   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5947   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5948   return rc;
5949 }
5950 
5951 /*
5952 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5953 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5954 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5955 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5956 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5957 */
5958 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5959   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5960   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5961 
5962   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5963   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5964   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5965   */
5966   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5967        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5968        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5969   );
5970   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5971   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5972   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5973   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5974 
5975   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5976   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5977   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5978   **
5979   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5980   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5981   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5982   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5983   */
5984   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5985     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5986     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5987   }
5988   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5989   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5990 
5991   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5992   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5993 
5994   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5995   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5996   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5997   */
5998   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5999   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6000    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6001   ){
6002     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6003     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6004       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6005       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6006         return rc;
6007       }
6008     }else{
6009       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6010         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6011       }
6012       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6013               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6014              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6015     }
6016   }
6017 
6018   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6019   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6020   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6021   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6022   */
6023   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6024 
6025   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6026   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6027   */
6028   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6029     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6030   }
6031 
6032   /* Update the database size and return. */
6033   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6034     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6035   }
6036   return rc;
6037 }
6038 
6039 /*
6040 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6041 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6042 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6043 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6044 ** a write.
6045 **
6046 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6047 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6048 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6049 */
6050 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6051   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6052   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6053   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6054   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6055   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6056   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6057   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6058   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6059 
6060   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6061   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6062   ** this function.
6063   */
6064   assert( !MEMDB );
6065   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6066   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6067 
6068   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6069   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6070   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6071   */
6072   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6073 
6074   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6075   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6076     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6077   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6078     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6079   }else{
6080     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6081   }
6082   assert(nPage>0);
6083   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6084   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6085 
6086   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6087     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6088     PgHdr *pPage;
6089     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6090       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6091         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6092         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6093           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6094           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6095             needSync = 1;
6096           }
6097           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6098         }
6099       }
6100     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6101       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6102         needSync = 1;
6103       }
6104       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6105     }
6106   }
6107 
6108   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6109   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6110   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6111   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6112   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6113   */
6114   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6115     assert( !MEMDB );
6116     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6117       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6118       if( pPage ){
6119         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6120         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6121       }
6122     }
6123   }
6124 
6125   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6126   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6127   return rc;
6128 }
6129 
6130 /*
6131 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6132 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6133 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6134 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6135 **
6136 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6137 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6138 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6139 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6140 **
6141 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6142 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6143 */
6144 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6145   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6146   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6147   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6148   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6149   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6150     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6151     return SQLITE_OK;
6152   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6153     return pPager->errCode;
6154   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6155     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6156     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6157   }else{
6158     return pager_write(pPg);
6159   }
6160 }
6161 
6162 /*
6163 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6164 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6165 ** to change the content of the page.
6166 */
6167 #ifndef NDEBUG
6168 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6169   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6170 }
6171 #endif
6172 
6173 /*
6174 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6175 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6176 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6177 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6178 ** content no longer matters.
6179 **
6180 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6181 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6182 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6183 **
6184 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6185 ** DELETE operations.
6186 **
6187 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6188 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6189 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6190 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6191 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6192 */
6193 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6194   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6195   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6196     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6197     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6198     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6199     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6200     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6201     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6202   }
6203 }
6204 
6205 /*
6206 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6207 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6208 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6209 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6210 **
6211 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6212 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6213 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6214 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6215 **
6216 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6217 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6218 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6219 ** transaction is committed.
6220 **
6221 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6222 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6223 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6224 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6225 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6226 */
6227 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6228   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6229 
6230   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6231        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6232   );
6233   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6234 
6235   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6236   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6237   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6238   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6239   **
6240   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6241   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6242   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6243   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6244   */
6245 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6246 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6247   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6248   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6249 #else
6250 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6251 #endif
6252 
6253   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6254     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6255 
6256     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6257 
6258     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6259     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6260     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6261 
6262     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6263     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6264     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6265     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6266     */
6267     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6268       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6269     }
6270 
6271     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6272       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6273       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6274 
6275       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6276       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6277         const void *zBuf;
6278         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6279         zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
6280         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6281           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6282           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6283         }
6284         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6285           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6286           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6287           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6288           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6289           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6290           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6291         }
6292       }else{
6293         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6294       }
6295     }
6296 
6297     /* Release the page reference. */
6298     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6299   }
6300   return rc;
6301 }
6302 
6303 /*
6304 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6305 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6306 **
6307 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6308 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6309 */
6310 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
6311   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6312   void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
6313   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6314   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6315   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6316     assert( !MEMDB );
6317     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6318   }
6319   return rc;
6320 }
6321 
6322 /*
6323 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6324 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6325 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6326 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6327 **
6328 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6329 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6330 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6331 ** returned.
6332 */
6333 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6334   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6335   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6336   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6337     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6338          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6339          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6340     );
6341     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6342     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6343       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6344     }
6345   }
6346   return rc;
6347 }
6348 
6349 /*
6350 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6351 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6352 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6353 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6354 **
6355 ** This routine ensures that:
6356 **
6357 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6358 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6359 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6360 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6361 **   * the database file synced.
6362 **
6363 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6364 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6365 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6366 **
6367 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6368 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6369 **
6370 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6371 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6372 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6373 ** journal file in this case.
6374 */
6375 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6376   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6377   const char *zSuper,            /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6378   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6379 ){
6380   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6381 
6382   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6383        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6384        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6385        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6386   );
6387   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6388 
6389   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6390   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6391 
6392   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6393   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6394 
6395   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6396       pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
6397 
6398   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6399   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6400 
6401   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6402   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6403   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6404     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6405     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6406     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6407     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6408   }else{
6409     PgHdr *pList;
6410     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6411       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6412       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6413       if( pList==0 ){
6414         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6415         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6416         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6417         pList = pPageOne;
6418         pList->pDirty = 0;
6419       }
6420       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6421       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6422         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6423       }
6424       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6425       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6426         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6427       }
6428     }else{
6429       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6430       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6431       ** is enabled.
6432       */
6433 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6434       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6435       int bBatch = zSuper==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6436         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6437         && !pPager->noSync
6438         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6439 #else
6440 #     define bBatch 0
6441 #endif
6442 
6443 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6444       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6445       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6446       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6447       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6448       **
6449       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6450       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6451       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6452       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6453       **
6454       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6455       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6456       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6457       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6458       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6459       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6460       ** mode.
6461       **
6462       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6463       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6464       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6465       ** created for this transaction.
6466       */
6467       if( bBatch==0 ){
6468         PgHdr *pPg;
6469         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6470             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6471             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6472             );
6473         if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6474          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6475          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6476          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6477         ){
6478           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6479           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6480           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6481           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6482           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6483           */
6484           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6485         }else{
6486           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6487           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6488             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6489           }
6490         }
6491       }
6492 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6493 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6494       if( zSuper ){
6495         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6496         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6497         assert( bBatch==0 );
6498       }
6499 #endif
6500       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6501 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6502       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6503 
6504       /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6505       ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6506       ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6507       */
6508       rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
6509       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6510 
6511       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6512       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6513       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6514       **
6515       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6516       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6517       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6518       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6519       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6520       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6521       */
6522       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6523       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6524 
6525       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6526 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6527       if( bBatch ){
6528         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6529         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6530           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6531           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6532             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6533           }
6534           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6535             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6536           }
6537         }
6538 
6539         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6540           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6541           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6542             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6543             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6544           }
6545           bBatch = 0;
6546         }else{
6547           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6548         }
6549       }
6550 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6551 
6552       if( bBatch==0 ){
6553         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6554       }
6555       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6556         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6557         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6558       }
6559       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6560 
6561       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6562       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6563       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6564       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6565       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6566       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6567       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6568         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6569         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6570         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6571         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6572       }
6573 
6574       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6575       if( !noSync ){
6576         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
6577       }
6578       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6579     }
6580   }
6581 
6582 commit_phase_one_exit:
6583   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6584     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6585   }
6586   return rc;
6587 }
6588 
6589 
6590 /*
6591 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6592 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6593 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6594 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6595 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6596 **
6597 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6598 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6599 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6600 ** irrevocably committed.
6601 **
6602 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6603 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6604 */
6605 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6606   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6607 
6608   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6609   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6610   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6611   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6612   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6613 
6614   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6615        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6616        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6617   );
6618   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6619 
6620   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6621   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6622   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6623   **
6624   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6625   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6626   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6627   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6628   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6629   ** to drop any locks either.
6630   */
6631   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6632    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6633    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6634   ){
6635     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6636     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6637     return SQLITE_OK;
6638   }
6639 
6640   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6641   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
6642   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6643 }
6644 
6645 /*
6646 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6647 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6648 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6649 ** state if an error occurs.
6650 **
6651 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6652 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6653 **
6654 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6655 **
6656 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6657 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6658 **      was opened, and
6659 **
6660 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6661 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6662 **
6663 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6664 ** rollback is successful.
6665 **
6666 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6667 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6668 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6669 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6670 */
6671 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6672   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6673   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6674 
6675   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6676   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6677   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6678   */
6679   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6680   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6681   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6682 
6683   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6684     int rc2;
6685     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6686     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
6687     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6688   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6689     int eState = pPager->eState;
6690     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6691     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6692       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6693       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6694       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6695       */
6696       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6697       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6698       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6699       return rc;
6700     }
6701   }else{
6702     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6703   }
6704 
6705   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6706   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6707           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6708           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6709   );
6710 
6711   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6712   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6713   */
6714   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6715 }
6716 
6717 /*
6718 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6719 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6720 */
6721 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6722   return pPager->readOnly;
6723 }
6724 
6725 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6726 /*
6727 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6728 */
6729 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6730   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6731 }
6732 #endif
6733 
6734 /*
6735 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6736 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6737 */
6738 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6739   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6740                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6741   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6742            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6743            + pPager->pageSize;
6744 }
6745 
6746 /*
6747 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6748 */
6749 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6750   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6751 }
6752 
6753 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6754 /*
6755 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6756 */
6757 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6758   static int a[11];
6759   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6760   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6761   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6762   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6763   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6764   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6765   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6766   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6767   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6768   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6769   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6770   return a;
6771 }
6772 #endif
6773 
6774 /*
6775 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6776 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6777 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6778 ** it was added later.
6779 **
6780 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6781 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6782 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6783 ** returning.
6784 */
6785 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6786 
6787   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6788        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6789        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6790        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6791   );
6792 
6793   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6794   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6795   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6796            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6797 
6798   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6799   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6800   if( reset ){
6801     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6802   }
6803 }
6804 
6805 /*
6806 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6807 */
6808 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6809   return pPager->tempFile;
6810 }
6811 
6812 /*
6813 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6814 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6815 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6816 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6817 **
6818 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6819 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6820 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6821 */
6822 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6823   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6824   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6825   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6826   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6827 
6828   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6829   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6830   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6831 
6832   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6833   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6834   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6835   */
6836   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6837       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6838   );
6839   if( !aNew ){
6840     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6841   }
6842   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6843   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6844 
6845   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6846   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6847     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6848     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6849       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6850     }else{
6851       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6852     }
6853     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6854     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6855     aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1;
6856     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6857       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6858     }
6859     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6860       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6861     }
6862     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6863   }
6864   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6865   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6866   return rc;
6867 }
6868 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6869   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6870   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6871 
6872   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6873     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6874   }else{
6875     return SQLITE_OK;
6876   }
6877 }
6878 
6879 
6880 /*
6881 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6882 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6883 ** created savepoint.
6884 **
6885 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6886 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6887 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6888 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6889 **
6890 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6891 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6892 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6893 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6894 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6895 **
6896 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6897 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6898 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6899 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6900 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6901 **
6902 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6903 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6904 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6905 **
6906 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6907 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6908 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6909 */
6910 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6911   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6912 
6913 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6914   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6915 #endif
6916 
6917   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6918   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6919 
6920   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6921     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6922     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6923 
6924     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6925     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6926     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6927     */
6928     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6929     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6930       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6931     }
6932     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6933 
6934     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6935     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6936     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6937       PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew];
6938       if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6939         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6940         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6941           i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*pRel->iSubRec;
6942           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz);
6943           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6944         }
6945         pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec;
6946       }
6947     }
6948     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6949     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6950     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6951     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6952     */
6953     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6954       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6955       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6956       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6957     }
6958 
6959 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6960     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6961     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6962     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6963     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6964     else if(
6965         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6966      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6967     ){
6968       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6969       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6970       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6971     }
6972 #endif
6973   }
6974 
6975   return rc;
6976 }
6977 
6978 /*
6979 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6980 **
6981 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6982 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6983 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6984 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6985 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6986 ** participate in shared-cache.
6987 **
6988 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
6989 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
6990 */
6991 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6992   static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
6993   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
6994 }
6995 
6996 /*
6997 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6998 */
6999 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7000   return pPager->pVfs;
7001 }
7002 
7003 /*
7004 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7005 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7006 ** not yet been opened.
7007 */
7008 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7009   return pPager->fd;
7010 }
7011 
7012 /*
7013 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7014 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7015 */
7016 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7017 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7018   return pPager->jfd;
7019 #else
7020   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7021 #endif
7022 }
7023 
7024 /*
7025 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7026 */
7027 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7028   return pPager->zJournal;
7029 }
7030 
7031 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7032 /*
7033 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7034 **
7035 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7036 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7037 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7038 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7039 **
7040 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7041 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7042 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7043 **
7044 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7045 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7046 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7047 ** transaction is active).
7048 **
7049 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7050 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7051 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7052 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7053 **
7054 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7055 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7056 */
7057 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7058   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7059   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7060   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7061   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7062 
7063   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7064   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7065        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7066   );
7067   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7068 
7069   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7070   ** the page we are moving from.
7071   */
7072   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7073   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7074     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7075     if( rc ) return rc;
7076   }
7077 
7078   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7079   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7080   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7081   **
7082   **   BEGIN;
7083   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7084   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7085   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7086   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7087   **
7088   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7089   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7090   ** statement were is processed.
7091   **
7092   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7093   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7094   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7095   */
7096   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7097    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7098   ){
7099     return rc;
7100   }
7101 
7102   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7103       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7104   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7105 
7106   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7107   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7108   **
7109   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7110   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7111   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7112   */
7113   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7114     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7115     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7116             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7117     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7118   }
7119 
7120   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7121   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7122   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7123   ** for the page moved there.
7124   */
7125   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7126   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7127   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7128   if( pPgOld ){
7129     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7130       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7131       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7132     }
7133     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7134     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7135       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7136       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7137       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7138     }else{
7139       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7140     }
7141   }
7142 
7143   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7144   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7145   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7146 
7147   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7148   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7149   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7150   */
7151   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7152     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7153     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7154   }
7155 
7156   if( needSyncPgno ){
7157     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7158     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7159     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7160     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7161     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7162     ** flag.
7163     **
7164     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7165     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7166     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7167     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7168     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7169     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7170     */
7171     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7172     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7173     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7174       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7175         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7176         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7177       }
7178       return rc;
7179     }
7180     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7181     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7182     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7183   }
7184 
7185   return SQLITE_OK;
7186 }
7187 #endif
7188 
7189 /*
7190 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7191 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7192 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7193 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7194 */
7195 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7196   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7197   pPg->flags = flags;
7198   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7199 }
7200 
7201 /*
7202 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7203 */
7204 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7205   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7206   return pPg->pData;
7207 }
7208 
7209 /*
7210 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7211 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7212 */
7213 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7214   return pPg->pExtra;
7215 }
7216 
7217 /*
7218 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7219 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7220 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7221 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7222 **
7223 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7224 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7225 ** locking-mode.
7226 */
7227 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7228   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7229             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7230             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7231   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7232   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7233   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7234   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7235     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7236   }
7237   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7238 }
7239 
7240 /*
7241 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7242 **
7243 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7244 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7245 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7246 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7247 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7248 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7249 **
7250 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7251 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7252 **
7253 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7254 **      or _MEMORY.
7255 **
7256 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7257 **
7258 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7259 */
7260 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7261   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7262 
7263   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7264   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7265             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7266             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7267             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7268             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7269             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7270 
7271   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7272   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7273   ** to WAL mode.
7274   */
7275   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7276 
7277   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7278   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7279   */
7280   if( MEMDB ){
7281     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7282     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7283       eMode = eOld;
7284     }
7285   }
7286 
7287   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7288 
7289     /* Change the journal mode. */
7290     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7291     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7292 
7293     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7294     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7295     ** delete the journal file.
7296     */
7297     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7298     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7299     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7300     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7301     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7302     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7303 
7304     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7305     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7306 
7307       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7308       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7309       ** here is an optimization only.
7310       **
7311       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7312       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7313       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7314       */
7315       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7316       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7317         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7318       }else{
7319         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7320         int state = pPager->eState;
7321         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7322         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7323           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7324         }
7325         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7326           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7327           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7328         }
7329         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7330           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7331         }
7332         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7333           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7334         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7335           pager_unlock(pPager);
7336         }
7337         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7338       }
7339     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7340       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7341     }
7342   }
7343 
7344   /* Return the new journal mode */
7345   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7346 }
7347 
7348 /*
7349 ** Return the current journal mode.
7350 */
7351 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7352   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7353 }
7354 
7355 /*
7356 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7357 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7358 ** is unmodified.
7359 */
7360 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7361   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7362   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7363   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7364   return 1;
7365 }
7366 
7367 /*
7368 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7369 **
7370 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7371 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7372 */
7373 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7374   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7375     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7376     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7377   }
7378   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7379 }
7380 
7381 /*
7382 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7383 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7384 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7385 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7386 */
7387 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7388   return &pPager->pBackup;
7389 }
7390 
7391 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7392 /*
7393 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7394 */
7395 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7396   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7397   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7398 }
7399 #endif
7400 
7401 
7402 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7403 /*
7404 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7405 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7406 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7407 **
7408 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7409 */
7410 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7411   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7412   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7413   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7414   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7415   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7416 ){
7417   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7418   if( pPager->pWal ){
7419     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7420         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7421         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7422         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7423         pnLog, pnCkpt
7424     );
7425   }
7426   return rc;
7427 }
7428 
7429 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7430   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7431 }
7432 
7433 /*
7434 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7435 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7436 */
7437 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7438   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7439   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7440   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7441 }
7442 
7443 /*
7444 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7445 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7446 */
7447 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7448   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7449 
7450   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7451   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7452   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7453     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7454     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7455     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7456   }
7457 
7458   return rc;
7459 }
7460 
7461 /*
7462 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7463 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7464 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7465 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7466 */
7467 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7468   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7469 
7470   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7471   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7472 
7473   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7474   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7475   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7476   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7477   */
7478   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7479     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7480   }
7481 
7482   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7483   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7484   */
7485   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7486     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7487         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7488         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7489     );
7490   }
7491   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7492 
7493   return rc;
7494 }
7495 
7496 
7497 /*
7498 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7499 ** this function.
7500 **
7501 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7502 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7503 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7504 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7505 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7506 ** not modified in either case.
7507 **
7508 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7509 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7510 ** without doing anything.
7511 */
7512 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7513   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7514   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7515 ){
7516   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7517 
7518   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7519   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7520   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7521   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7522   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7523 
7524   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7525     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7526 
7527     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7528     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7529 
7530     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7531     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7532       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7533       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7534     }
7535   }else{
7536     *pbOpen = 1;
7537   }
7538 
7539   return rc;
7540 }
7541 
7542 /*
7543 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7544 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7545 **
7546 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7547 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7548 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7549 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7550 */
7551 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7552   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7553 
7554   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7555 
7556   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7557   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7558   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7559   */
7560   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7561     int logexists = 0;
7562     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7563     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7564       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7565           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7566       );
7567     }
7568     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7569       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7570     }
7571   }
7572 
7573   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7574   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7575   */
7576   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7577     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7578     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7579       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7580                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7581       pPager->pWal = 0;
7582       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7583       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7584     }
7585   }
7586   return rc;
7587 }
7588 
7589 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7590 /*
7591 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7592 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7593 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7594 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7595 */
7596 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7597   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7598   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7599     rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7600   }
7601   return rc;
7602 }
7603 
7604 /*
7605 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7606 ** blocking locks are required.
7607 */
7608 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7609   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7610     sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7611   }
7612 }
7613 #endif
7614 
7615 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7616 /*
7617 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7618 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7619 */
7620 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7621   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7622   if( pPager->pWal ){
7623     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7624   }
7625   return rc;
7626 }
7627 
7628 /*
7629 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7630 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7631 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7632 */
7633 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7634   Pager *pPager,
7635   sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7636 ){
7637   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7638   if( pPager->pWal ){
7639     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7640   }else{
7641     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7642   }
7643   return rc;
7644 }
7645 
7646 /*
7647 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7648 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7649 */
7650 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7651   int rc;
7652   if( pPager->pWal ){
7653     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7654   }else{
7655     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7656   }
7657   return rc;
7658 }
7659 
7660 /*
7661 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7662 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7663 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7664 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7665 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7666 **
7667 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7668 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7669 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7670 ** lock is released before returning.
7671 */
7672 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7673   int rc;
7674   if( pPager->pWal ){
7675     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7676   }else{
7677     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7678   }
7679   return rc;
7680 }
7681 
7682 /*
7683 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7684 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7685 */
7686 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7687   assert( pPager->pWal );
7688   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7689 }
7690 
7691 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7692 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7693 
7694 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7695 /*
7696 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7697 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7698 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7699 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7700 ** is empty, return 0.
7701 */
7702 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7703   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7704   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7705 }
7706 #endif
7707 
7708 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7709